2016-03-25 07:19:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2016-03-24 19:01:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
2020-02-03 15:00:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
2016-03-24 19:01:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
2019-06-28 06:57:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
2016-03-24 19:01:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
|
|
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
|
|
|
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
|
|
|
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
|
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
|
|
|
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
2020-07-23 05:20:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
2016-03-24 19:01:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-10-31 00:35:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#pragma once
|
2016-03-24 19:01:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-25 07:19:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Configuration_adv.h
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Advanced settings.
|
|
|
|
|
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
|
|
|
|
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-09-28 10:55:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020007
|
2016-04-22 18:33:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//===========================================================================
|
2020-07-08 13:33:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//===========================================================================
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-20 22:38:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in
|
|
|
|
|
* the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,
|
|
|
|
|
* may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This
|
|
|
|
|
* value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error
|
|
|
|
|
* is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while
|
|
|
|
|
* still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous
|
|
|
|
|
* stream of errors from the sensor.
|
2020-05-22 09:02:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-05-20 22:38:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-07 01:51:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-07 01:51:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-22 05:27:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
|
|
|
|
|
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
|
|
|
|
|
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
|
|
|
|
|
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
|
|
|
|
|
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-12 22:38:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Heated Chamber settings
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
|
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
|
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
|
|
|
|
|
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
|
|
|
|
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
|
|
|
|
|
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-26 03:07:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
2016-03-26 03:07:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
|
|
|
|
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-09 07:50:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-11-07 22:46:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
|
|
|
|
|
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
|
|
|
|
|
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
|
2016-03-26 03:02:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2017-11-07 22:46:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
|
|
|
|
|
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
|
|
|
|
|
* the heater on.
|
2016-03-26 03:02:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
2017-11-07 22:46:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
|
|
|
|
|
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
2016-03-26 03:02:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2017-11-07 22:46:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
|
|
|
|
|
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
2015-05-09 07:50:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
2015-05-11 07:52:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
|
|
|
|
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-12 07:41:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
|
2019-03-17 05:43:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
|
2019-02-04 07:12:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-01-12 07:41:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-11 07:52:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-11-07 22:46:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
|
|
|
|
|
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
|
|
|
|
|
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
|
|
|
|
|
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
|
|
|
|
|
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
|
|
|
|
|
* test.
|
2016-03-19 14:08:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2017-11-07 22:46:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
|
|
|
|
|
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
|
|
|
|
|
* below 2.
|
2015-05-11 07:52:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-03-27 16:02:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
|
|
|
|
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
2015-05-11 07:52:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-26 03:02:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2016-05-01 04:39:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
2016-03-26 03:02:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
2020-01-21 09:42:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
|
|
|
|
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
2016-04-15 18:27:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-11-07 22:46:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
|
2016-04-15 18:27:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-01-21 09:42:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
|
|
|
|
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
2015-05-11 07:52:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-07 09:09:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
|
2020-01-21 09:42:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
2019-03-07 09:09:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
|
|
|
|
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
2019-03-07 09:09:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
2019-04-12 22:38:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
|
|
|
|
// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
|
2016-08-01 02:49:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
2020-04-17 02:03:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
|
2015-08-31 04:04:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-11-26 10:34:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
|
|
|
|
|
* A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
|
|
|
|
|
* You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
|
|
|
|
|
* or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
|
|
|
|
|
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
* A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
* kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
|
|
|
|
|
* where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Example:
|
|
|
|
|
* Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
|
|
|
|
|
* Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Fan-speed dependent compensation
|
|
|
|
|
* --------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
* 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
|
|
|
|
|
* Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
* If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
|
|
|
|
|
* drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
|
|
|
|
|
* 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
|
|
|
|
|
* 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
|
|
|
|
|
* 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
|
|
|
|
|
* 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
|
|
|
|
|
* PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
|
|
|
|
|
// The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
|
|
|
|
|
// Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
|
|
|
|
|
// DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
|
|
|
|
|
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
|
|
|
|
|
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
|
|
|
|
|
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
|
|
|
|
|
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-11 07:52:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-04-17 02:03:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Automatic Temperature Mode
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
|
|
|
|
|
* behavior using an additional kC value.)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>.
|
|
|
|
|
* Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
|
2015-05-11 07:52:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-04-15 19:17:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define AUTOTEMP
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
2020-04-17 02:03:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
|
|
|
|
// Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
|
|
|
|
|
//#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
|
|
|
|
|
#define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
|
|
|
|
|
#define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
|
|
|
|
|
#define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-28 20:44:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Show Temperature ADC value
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
|
2013-10-12 15:41:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-09 04:28:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
|
|
|
|
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
|
|
|
|
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
|
|
|
|
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
|
|
|
|
* and force stop everything.
|
|
|
|
|
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
|
|
|
|
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
|
|
|
|
* aberrant readings.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
|
|
|
|
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
|
|
|
|
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
|
|
|
|
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
|
|
|
|
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
|
|
|
|
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
|
|
|
|
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extruder
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-13 10:26:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
|
|
|
|
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
|
|
|
|
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
2014-02-05 10:47:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
2016-09-13 10:26:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
|
|
|
|
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
|
|
|
|
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min)
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
|
2016-09-13 10:26:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-18 07:50:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Hotend Idle Timeout
|
|
|
|
|
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
|
2020-05-19 09:34:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
|
2020-05-18 07:50:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-01 22:24:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
|
|
|
|
|
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
|
|
|
|
|
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
|
|
|
|
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
|
|
|
|
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
|
|
|
|
|
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
|
2012-02-26 16:23:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-03 03:18:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Controller Fan
|
|
|
|
|
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-03-18 19:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
|
|
|
|
|
* off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
|
2017-05-03 03:18:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
2020-03-18 19:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered
|
2020-07-24 04:27:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.
|
2020-03-18 19:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
|
|
|
|
|
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
|
|
|
|
|
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
|
|
|
|
|
#define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
|
|
|
|
|
#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-05-03 03:18:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-03-11 10:44:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-12-10 05:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
|
|
|
|
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
2013-01-10 11:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
2012-12-10 05:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-10 23:33:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-15 19:56:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* PWM Fan Scaling
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
|
|
|
|
|
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
|
|
|
|
|
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
|
|
|
|
|
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-05-18 22:31:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
2018-05-15 19:56:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
|
2015-05-18 22:31:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-08 09:15:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* FAST PWM FAN Settings
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
|
|
|
|
|
* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
|
|
|
|
|
* frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
|
|
|
|
|
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
|
|
|
|
* If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
2020-01-16 00:59:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
2019-03-08 09:15:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
|
2019-05-15 08:49:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
|
2019-03-08 09:15:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
|
|
|
|
|
* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
|
|
|
|
|
* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
|
|
|
|
|
* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
|
|
|
|
|
* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
|
|
|
|
|
* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
|
|
|
|
|
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
|
|
|
|
|
//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extruder
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-23 01:25:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Extruder cooling fans
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
|
|
|
|
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
|
|
|
|
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
|
|
|
|
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
2017-04-06 23:45:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
2018-09-16 09:23:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
2020-04-16 10:24:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
2018-02-24 07:38:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
2019-06-27 23:05:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-07 00:49:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
2018-10-07 02:51:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
2019-06-27 23:05:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
|
|
|
|
|
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
|
2013-06-07 00:49:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-15 14:48:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
|
2017-09-06 13:28:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2017-08-15 14:48:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
|
|
|
|
|
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
|
|
|
|
|
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-02 02:17:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-06-03 05:02:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
|
2017-06-06 00:41:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
|
|
|
|
|
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
|
|
|
|
|
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
|
|
|
|
|
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
|
2019-10-06 05:32:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
|
2019-06-07 14:23:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
|
2020-08-23 10:14:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
|
2018-01-20 23:58:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
|
|
|
|
|
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-06-03 05:02:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-10-05 21:34:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section homing
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-15 01:11:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
|
|
|
|
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extras
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-09-08 19:08:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-29 09:43:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
|
|
|
|
|
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
|
|
|
|
|
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
|
|
|
|
|
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
|
|
|
|
|
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
|
|
|
|
|
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-11 19:19:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
2017-10-29 09:43:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
|
|
|
|
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
2017-10-29 09:43:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-07-11 19:19:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-26 08:30:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
2016-07-11 19:19:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
2017-10-29 09:43:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
2017-10-29 09:43:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-07-11 19:19:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// For Z set the number of stepper drivers
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
|
|
|
|
#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-06-19 18:55:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-08-22 06:07:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Dual X Carriage
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
|
|
|
|
|
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
|
|
|
|
|
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
|
|
|
|
|
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
|
|
|
|
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
|
|
|
|
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
2019-03-26 02:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-03-16 04:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
2019-03-26 02:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-03-16 04:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
|
|
|
|
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
2019-03-26 02:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-03-16 04:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
|
|
|
|
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
2019-03-26 02:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-03-16 04:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
|
|
|
|
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
|
|
|
|
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
|
|
|
|
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
2019-03-26 02:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-03-16 04:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
|
|
|
|
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
|
|
|
|
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
|
|
|
|
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
2018-08-22 06:07:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-07-20 15:50:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
2019-03-16 04:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
|
|
|
|
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
|
|
|
|
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
|
|
|
|
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
|
|
|
|
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
|
|
|
|
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
2015-03-20 10:50:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
2019-03-16 04:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
2015-03-20 10:50:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
2020-03-25 09:18:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-04-15 00:21:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
|
|
|
|
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
2014-02-05 10:47:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section homing
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-25 09:18:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Homing Procedure
|
|
|
|
|
* Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
|
|
|
|
|
* the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-25 09:18:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
2015-04-22 22:34:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-25 09:18:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
|
|
|
|
|
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// @section bltouch
|
2018-02-16 16:59:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-11 00:46:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
|
|
|
|
|
* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
|
|
|
|
|
* advanced commands.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-07-19 00:41:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the
|
|
|
|
|
* wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
|
2019-06-11 00:46:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
|
|
|
|
|
* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
|
|
|
|
|
* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
|
|
|
|
|
// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
|
|
|
|
|
// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
|
|
|
|
|
* Summary:
|
|
|
|
|
* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
|
|
|
|
|
* - High-Speed mode
|
|
|
|
|
* - Disable LCD voltage options
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
|
|
|
|
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
|
|
|
|
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
2020-07-29 21:49:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
2019-06-11 00:46:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
|
|
|
|
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
|
|
|
|
|
* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
|
|
|
|
|
* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
|
|
|
|
|
* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
|
|
|
|
|
* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
|
|
|
|
|
* This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
|
|
|
|
|
* If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // BLTOUCH
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-25 09:18:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extras
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-01 00:07:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
|
|
|
|
|
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-10-29 20:01:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
|
2020-02-01 11:50:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
|
|
|
|
|
// If not defined, probe limits will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
// Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
|
|
|
|
|
* Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* 2 Steppers: (0) (1)
|
|
|
|
|
* | | 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
* | 1 2 | |
|
|
|
|
|
* | | 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
|
|
|
|
|
* | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
* | | 3 | | 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
* | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
|
|
|
|
|
* | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
* | | | | |
|
|
|
|
|
* | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-10-16 20:39:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
|
2020-02-01 11:50:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3)
|
2019-10-16 20:39:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
|
|
|
|
|
// Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
|
|
|
|
|
// the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
|
|
|
|
|
// Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2020-02-01 11:50:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
|
|
|
|
|
// the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
|
2019-10-16 20:39:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-21 04:18:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
|
2020-02-01 11:50:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
|
|
|
|
|
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
|
2020-03-11 02:00:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
|
|
|
|
|
// Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOME_AFTER_G34
|
2018-10-29 20:01:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-21 11:27:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
2020-08-04 05:39:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
|
2020-06-21 11:27:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
|
|
|
|
|
// Define positions for probing points, use the hotend as reference not the sensor.
|
|
|
|
|
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 200, 20 }, { 200, 200 }, { 20, 200 } }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Define positions names for probing points.
|
|
|
|
|
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
|
|
|
|
|
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right"
|
|
|
|
|
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right"
|
|
|
|
|
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
|
|
|
|
|
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 05:29:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Add a menu item for Assisted Tramming
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_MENU_ITEM
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-21 11:27:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Screw thread:
|
|
|
|
|
* M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise
|
|
|
|
|
* M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise
|
|
|
|
|
* M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-07 01:11:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section motion
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-21 04:01:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
|
2015-03-20 06:22:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-13 06:42:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
|
2016-07-20 19:25:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
2012-06-29 16:27:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
|
|
|
|
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
|
|
|
|
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
|
|
|
|
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-04 07:31:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Idle Stepper Shutdown
|
|
|
|
|
* Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.
|
|
|
|
|
* The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
2016-02-28 15:50:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
|
|
|
|
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
2020-08-04 07:31:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!
|
2016-02-28 15:50:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-04 07:31:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// If the Nozzle or Bed falls when the Z stepper is disabled, set its resting position here.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_AFTER_DEACTIVATE Z_HOME_POS
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-17 23:16:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-04 07:31:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-14 03:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-04 07:31:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.
|
2020-03-16 00:29:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SLOWDOWN
|
2020-03-16 00:29:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
|
|
|
|
|
#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-27 12:59:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* XY Frequency limit
|
|
|
|
|
* Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
|
2020-07-23 05:20:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
|
2020-04-27 12:59:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>.
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
|
|
|
|
|
#define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>.
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
|
|
|
|
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
|
|
|
|
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
2018-10-07 02:45:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-08 21:36:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Backlash Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
|
|
|
|
|
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
|
|
|
|
|
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
|
|
|
|
|
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
|
|
|
|
|
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
|
|
|
|
|
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
|
|
|
|
|
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
|
|
|
|
|
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
|
|
|
|
|
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
|
|
|
|
|
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
|
|
|
|
|
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
|
|
|
|
|
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
|
|
|
|
|
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/min)
|
2018-12-08 21:36:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-07 00:20:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
|
|
|
|
|
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
|
|
|
|
|
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
|
|
|
|
|
* and hotend offsets.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
|
|
|
|
|
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-25 06:31:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..."
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved"
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-07 00:20:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-23 12:08:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min
|
2019-02-07 00:20:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
|
2019-09-12 00:09:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
|
2019-02-07 00:20:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
|
|
|
|
|
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
|
|
|
|
|
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-30 05:16:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Define the pin to read during calibration
|
2019-02-07 00:20:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
|
2020-02-04 15:32:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
|
2019-02-07 00:20:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
|
|
|
|
|
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-03 05:59:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
|
|
|
|
|
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
|
|
|
|
|
* lowest stepping frequencies.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-25 18:12:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Custom Microstepping
|
|
|
|
|
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-12 10:20:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)
|
2018-09-16 09:23:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
2012-08-30 09:16:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-25 17:48:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* @section stepper motor current
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
|
|
|
|
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
|
|
|
|
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
|
|
|
|
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
|
|
|
|
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
|
|
|
|
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
|
|
|
|
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
2018-08-31 23:03:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
2017-04-09 13:30:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
2017-03-25 17:48:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
|
|
|
|
* M907 - applies to all.
|
|
|
|
|
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
|
|
|
|
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-06-06 11:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
2017-03-25 17:48:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-19 05:56:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
|
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
|
|
|
|
|
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
|
|
|
|
|
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
|
2020-04-20 16:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
2020-04-19 05:56:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-29 09:41:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Common slave addresses:
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2018-08-22 06:58:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
|
|
|
|
|
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
|
|
|
|
|
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
2019-04-09 06:10:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
2018-08-22 06:58:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
|
|
|
|
|
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
|
2017-10-29 09:41:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-04-19 06:36:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
|
2017-10-11 22:42:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//===========================================================================
|
|
|
|
|
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
|
|
|
|
//===========================================================================
|
2014-02-05 23:39:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section lcd
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-07 01:11:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
2019-09-07 01:11:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
|
|
|
|
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
|
|
|
|
|
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-05 08:23:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
|
|
|
|
|
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
|
|
|
|
|
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
|
|
|
|
|
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-05 02:30:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
|
|
|
|
|
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
|
|
|
|
|
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-19 01:33:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_LCD_MENU
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-21 02:37:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-19 01:33:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* LED Control Menu
|
|
|
|
|
* Add LED Control to the LCD menu
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
|
|
|
|
|
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
|
2020-08-27 21:18:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option
|
2019-08-19 01:33:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
|
|
|
|
|
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
|
|
|
|
|
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
|
|
|
|
|
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
|
|
|
|
|
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2020-08-27 21:18:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
|
|
|
|
|
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
|
|
|
|
|
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
|
|
|
|
|
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
|
|
|
|
|
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
|
|
|
|
|
//#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-08-19 01:33:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
|
2016-06-30 11:24:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-28 18:12:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-05 15:58:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-01 02:02:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-25 09:33:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-27 23:49:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-09 21:03:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
|
|
|
|
|
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-28 08:52:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
|
2020-09-17 12:41:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
|
2019-11-13 02:36:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
|
2020-09-17 12:41:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-28 08:13:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
|
2020-09-17 12:41:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
|
2019-11-13 02:36:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-10-11 04:03:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-28 08:52:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
|
2020-09-17 12:41:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
|
|
|
|
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
|
|
|
|
|
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
|
|
|
|
|
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-02-23 21:05:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-01-20 09:29:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-02-23 21:05:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
2015-03-31 08:24:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-10 21:43:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH
|
2015-03-31 08:24:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-31 06:59:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-13 21:41:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-12 04:27:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
|
|
|
|
|
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place
|
2015-03-31 08:24:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-19 08:39:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
|
|
|
|
|
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
|
|
|
|
|
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-08 20:44:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-03 05:09:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-11 03:25:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
|
2015-03-31 08:24:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-28 09:18:53 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-22 02:41:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
|
|
|
|
|
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
|
|
|
|
|
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
|
|
|
|
|
* point in the file.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
|
2018-07-19 02:50:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
|
2020-03-08 05:20:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
|
2019-11-21 00:40:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
|
2020-09-29 01:53:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME // Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!
|
2019-11-21 00:40:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
|
2020-02-25 06:51:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module.
|
2019-05-08 03:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
|
2019-08-20 09:40:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
|
2019-05-08 03:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
|
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
|
2019-05-03 05:29:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
|
|
|
|
|
// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
|
|
|
|
|
#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
|
2018-07-19 02:50:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-04-22 02:41:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-09 14:02:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
|
|
|
|
* by name for easier navigation.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* By default...
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
|
|
|
|
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
|
|
|
|
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
|
|
|
|
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
|
|
|
|
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
|
|
|
|
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
|
|
|
|
* limit is exceeded.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
2017-02-09 14:05:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
2017-02-09 14:02:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// SD Card Sorting options
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
2017-09-27 07:28:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
|
2017-02-09 14:02:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
2020-07-10 08:27:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code.
|
2017-02-09 14:02:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
|
|
|
|
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
|
|
|
|
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
2017-02-09 14:05:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
2017-10-19 05:18:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
|
|
|
|
|
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
|
2017-02-09 14:02:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-18 02:36:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-19 05:15:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-11 06:57:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-26 22:50:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
|
|
|
|
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
|
|
|
|
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-06-11 00:25:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
|
2015-07-27 00:58:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-26 22:50:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-10-27 06:33:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
|
|
|
|
|
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
|
|
|
|
|
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
|
2017-10-26 22:50:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-07 08:50:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-02 17:06:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
|
|
|
|
|
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
|
|
|
|
|
* to Marlin as an SD card.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-08-24 08:47:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
|
2018-07-02 17:06:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* the following pin mapping:
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
2019-08-24 08:47:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
|
2018-07-02 17:06:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* SS --> SDSS
|
2019-08-24 08:47:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
|
2018-07-02 17:06:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
|
2019-08-24 08:47:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
|
|
|
|
|
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* USB Host Shield Library
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
|
|
|
|
|
* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
|
|
|
|
|
* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
|
|
|
|
|
* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define USE_UHS3_USB
|
2018-07-02 17:06:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-10 03:00:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
|
|
|
|
|
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
|
2018-10-10 23:23:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2018-10-10 03:00:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
|
2018-10-10 23:23:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2018-10-10 03:00:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Tested with this bootloader:
|
|
|
|
|
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
|
|
|
|
|
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
|
|
|
|
|
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
|
|
|
|
|
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-31 01:44:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
|
2019-02-28 02:57:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
|
2018-10-31 01:44:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-26 05:30:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
|
|
|
|
|
* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
|
|
|
|
|
* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
|
2019-04-16 05:55:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-31 08:24:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
2014-12-28 07:26:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-26 10:55:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-06-29 02:11:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
|
2019-06-26 10:55:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-14 13:27:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
2016-12-15 16:21:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2016-12-14 13:27:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
|
|
|
|
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
|
|
|
|
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
|
|
|
|
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
2016-12-15 16:21:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2016-12-14 13:27:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
|
|
|
|
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
|
|
|
|
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-09-28 08:13:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
|
2018-01-15 06:25:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-03 08:24:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
|
|
|
|
|
//#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
|
2016-12-14 13:27:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
|
|
|
|
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-25 04:49:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
|
|
|
|
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
2015-05-18 22:54:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
2015-12-10 13:09:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-25 04:49:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
|
|
|
|
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
2015-05-18 22:54:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
2016-11-25 04:49:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-24 20:35:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
|
|
|
|
|
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-12 23:59:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
|
|
|
|
|
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
|
|
|
|
|
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
|
|
|
|
|
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
|
|
|
|
|
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
|
|
|
|
|
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-02-14 22:43:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
|
2020-03-09 21:02:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
|
|
|
|
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-14 22:43:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
|
|
|
|
|
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-24 06:14:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
|
|
|
|
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
|
|
|
|
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
|
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
|
|
|
|
|
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
|
|
|
|
|
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
|
|
|
|
|
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
|
2019-05-31 01:31:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
|
2020-02-25 10:07:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
|
2018-11-24 06:14:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
|
2019-03-03 23:50:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
|
2018-11-24 06:14:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
|
2018-11-28 04:15:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
|
2019-04-11 00:14:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
|
2019-08-18 01:40:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
|
2018-11-24 06:14:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-01 22:43:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Frivolous Game Options
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MARLIN_INVADERS
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MARLIN_SNAKE
|
2019-07-29 05:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
|
2018-11-24 06:14:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-28 08:13:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
|
2015-05-18 22:54:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-04 04:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
|
2020-09-25 03:28:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3
|
|
|
|
|
#define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200
|
2020-01-04 04:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
|
2020-09-25 04:46:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
|
2020-01-04 04:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
|
2020-03-13 01:29:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
|
2020-01-04 04:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2020-03-13 01:29:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
|
2020-01-04 04:00:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
|
|
|
|
|
#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
2019-11-23 23:53:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
2019-11-23 23:53:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Display board used
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
|
2020-04-16 06:34:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
|
2020-04-25 05:35:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
|
|
|
|
|
//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
|
|
|
|
|
//#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
|
2020-07-17 14:40:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping
|
2020-02-14 14:18:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
|
2020-02-14 14:18:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
|
|
|
|
|
#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
|
|
|
|
|
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
|
|
|
|
|
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
|
|
|
|
|
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
|
|
|
|
|
// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
|
|
|
|
|
// portrait and mirrored orientations.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-25 01:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// UTF8 processing and rendering.
|
|
|
|
|
// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
|
2019-09-11 03:07:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
|
2019-09-25 01:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Western accents support. These accented characters use
|
|
|
|
|
// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
|
2019-09-11 03:07:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
|
2019-09-25 01:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
|
|
|
|
|
// Additional character groups. These characters require
|
|
|
|
|
// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-09-11 03:07:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-25 01:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
|
2019-09-14 23:43:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-25 08:25:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
|
2019-09-14 23:43:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
|
|
|
|
|
// (recommended for smaller displays)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
|
2019-09-25 01:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
|
2019-11-10 04:17:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
|
2019-08-17 01:34:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-29 08:19:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
2020-07-30 04:25:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// FSMC / SPI Graphical TFT
|
2019-08-29 08:19:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
2020-07-30 04:25:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD
|
|
|
|
|
//#define GRAPHICAL_TFT_ROTATE_180
|
2019-08-29 08:19:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-16 01:06:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// ADC Button Debounce
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
|
2020-06-27 01:53:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
|
2020-01-16 01:06:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-18 00:03:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section safety
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-27 14:38:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
|
|
|
|
|
* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
|
|
|
|
|
* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
|
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
|
|
|
|
|
* interrupts are enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-02-10 01:38:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
2015-12-10 13:09:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
2012-11-06 12:06:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2013-06-07 00:49:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-07 08:16:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section lcd
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-13 23:26:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
|
|
|
|
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
|
|
|
|
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Add the socalled "Babystepping" feature.
It is a realtime control over the head position via the LCD menu system that works _while_ printing.
Using it, one can e.g. tune the z-position in realtime, while printing the first layer.
Also, lost steps can be manually added/removed, but thats not the prime feature.
Stuff is placed into the Tune->Babystep *
It is not possible to have realtime control via gcode sending due to the buffering, so I did not include a gcode yet. However, it could be added, but it movements will not be realtime then.
Historically, a very similar thing was implemented for the "Kaamermaker" project, while Joris was babysitting his offspring, hence the name.
say goodby to fuddling around with the z-axis.
2013-10-06 21:14:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
2020-02-16 04:42:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR
|
2019-02-27 11:38:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
|
2020-09-17 12:35:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
|
2018-10-01 08:29:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
|
|
|
|
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
2020-07-03 16:24:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
|
|
|
|
|
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
|
|
|
|
|
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep
|
2019-11-01 20:12:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-01 08:29:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
|
|
|
|
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
2019-02-27 11:38:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
|
|
|
|
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-10-01 08:29:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-07 01:04:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-01 08:29:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
|
2018-09-25 03:46:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
|
2018-10-01 08:29:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
|
2018-09-25 03:46:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
Add the socalled "Babystepping" feature.
It is a realtime control over the head position via the LCD menu system that works _while_ printing.
Using it, one can e.g. tune the z-position in realtime, while printing the first layer.
Also, lost steps can be manually added/removed, but thats not the prime feature.
Stuff is placed into the Tune->Babystep *
It is not possible to have realtime control via gcode sending due to the buffering, so I did not include a gcode yet. However, it could be added, but it movements will not be realtime then.
Historically, a very similar thing was implemented for the "Kaamermaker" project, while Joris was babysitting his offspring, hence the name.
say goodby to fuddling around with the z-axis.
2013-10-06 21:14:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-07 08:16:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extruder
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-22 12:03:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2018-02-23 07:53:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
|
2016-10-22 12:03:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2018-02-23 07:53:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
|
2016-10-22 12:03:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
2018-02-23 07:53:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
|
|
|
|
|
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
|
|
|
|
|
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-04-13 00:21:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
|
2016-10-22 12:03:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-05-04 21:10:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
2019-03-26 10:02:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
|
|
|
|
|
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
|
2020-04-22 01:37:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration
|
2016-05-04 21:10:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-30 20:50:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section leveling
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-28 08:19:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
|
|
|
|
|
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-06-03 03:41:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Probing Margins
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate
|
2019-09-28 08:19:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
|
|
|
|
|
* to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
|
2020-01-02 02:41:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
|
|
|
|
|
* allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
|
2019-09-28 22:32:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-09-28 08:19:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
|
|
|
|
|
* LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
|
2019-09-28 22:32:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
|
2019-09-28 08:19:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
|
2019-09-28 22:32:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-09-28 08:19:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
|
|
|
|
|
* should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
|
|
|
|
|
* probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
|
|
|
|
|
* the probe to be unable to reach any points.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-10-08 05:36:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
|
2020-06-03 03:41:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN
|
2019-09-28 08:19:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-17 05:43:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
2017-10-19 08:39:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
2017-03-18 16:02:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-18 23:56:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
|
|
|
|
|
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
|
|
|
|
|
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
|
|
|
|
|
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
|
|
|
|
|
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
|
|
|
|
|
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
|
|
|
|
|
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
|
2019-02-12 22:55:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-18 23:56:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-18 00:16:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Thermal Probe Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
* Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion.
|
|
|
|
|
* Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually.
|
|
|
|
|
* For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures
|
|
|
|
|
#define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature
|
|
|
|
|
// Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually
|
2020-02-04 15:46:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION)
|
2020-01-18 00:16:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Park position to wait for probe cooldown
|
2020-04-06 22:32:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 }
|
2020-01-18 00:16:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
|
2020-04-06 22:32:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 }
|
2020-01-18 00:16:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature
|
|
|
|
|
// Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually
|
|
|
|
|
//#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION
|
2020-06-11 01:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START
|
|
|
|
|
// (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-16 21:08:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U
|
2020-06-11 01:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-16 21:08:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U
|
2020-06-11 01:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature
|
|
|
|
|
// calibration.
|
2020-06-16 21:08:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f
|
2020-06-11 01:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster.
|
|
|
|
|
// Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851.
|
2020-06-16 21:08:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f
|
2020-06-11 01:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes
|
|
|
|
|
// may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by
|
|
|
|
|
// increasing the height the probe is raised to.
|
2020-06-16 21:08:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U
|
2020-06-11 01:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-16 01:11:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest
|
2020-06-11 01:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0]
|
|
|
|
|
// and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START.
|
2020-06-16 21:08:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4
|
2020-01-18 00:16:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-07 08:16:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extras
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-07 20:52:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-23 21:28:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// G2/G3 Arc Support
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
2020-01-21 09:53:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
|
2017-06-23 21:28:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
|
2020-01-21 09:53:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min
|
|
|
|
|
#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
|
2020-01-09 11:48:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
|
2020-01-21 09:53:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
|
2020-10-04 22:45:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure
|
2017-06-23 21:28:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 02:37:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
2016-05-12 22:33:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-12 02:22:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Direct Stepping
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly
|
|
|
|
|
* reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in
|
|
|
|
|
* less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance.
|
|
|
|
|
* Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DIRECT_STEPPING
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-10 23:22:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* G38 Probe Target
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
|
|
|
|
|
* and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
|
|
|
|
|
* Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-09-29 22:06:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
2019-03-10 23:22:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
|
|
|
|
|
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
|
2016-09-26 08:30:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-21 15:56:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
|
|
|
|
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-23 19:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-09-20 01:44:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
|
|
|
|
|
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
|
|
|
|
|
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
|
2018-08-08 02:01:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
|
|
|
|
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
|
|
|
|
|
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
|
|
|
|
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
2018-06-23 19:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-09-20 01:44:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
|
2018-06-23 19:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-10 07:13:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
|
|
|
|
|
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
|
2019-05-12 02:02:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
|
|
|
|
|
* 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
|
2018-06-10 07:13:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
|
|
|
|
|
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
|
|
|
|
|
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
2018-06-10 07:13:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
|
2016-08-28 06:38:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-03 19:24:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
|
|
|
|
|
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
|
2019-12-19 09:38:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
|
|
|
|
|
* 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
|
|
|
|
|
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
|
|
|
|
|
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
|
|
|
|
|
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
|
|
|
|
|
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
2018-06-03 19:24:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
|
2018-06-03 19:24:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-17 13:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
2013-11-17 17:41:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
2013-11-17 13:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//===========================================================================
|
2015-04-27 03:44:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//===========================================================================
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-12 02:22:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section motion
|
2015-04-04 13:15:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-07 13:55:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once.
|
2020-05-12 02:22:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32)
|
|
|
|
|
#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING)
|
|
|
|
|
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
|
|
|
|
|
#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2020-05-12 02:22:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2013-06-07 00:49:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-18 00:03:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section serial
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-18 00:03:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
2012-02-07 20:23:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
|
|
|
|
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 09:47:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
|
2016-07-25 21:54:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
|
|
|
|
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
|
|
|
|
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
2016-11-08 22:31:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
2016-07-08 17:25:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 09:47:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Host Receive Buffer Size
|
|
|
|
|
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
|
|
|
|
|
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
|
|
|
|
|
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
|
|
|
|
|
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-07-30 09:30:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
|
|
|
|
|
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 09:47:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
|
|
|
|
|
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
|
|
|
|
|
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-12 23:32:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Emergency Command Parser
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
|
|
|
|
* enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
|
|
|
|
* Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
|
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Add an emergency-command parser to MarlinSerial (supporting M108)
Add an emergency-command parser to MarlinSerial's RX interrupt.
The parser tries to find and execute M108,M112,M410 before the commands disappear in the RX-buffer.
To avoid false positives for M117, comments and commands followed by filenames (M23, M28, M30, M32, M33) are filtered.
This enables Marlin to receive and react on the Emergency command at all times - regardless of whether the buffers are full or not. It remains to convince hosts to send the commands. To inform the hosts about the new feature a new entry in the M115-report was made. "`EMERGENCY_CODES:M112,M108,M410;`".
The parser is fast. It only ever needs two switch decisions and one assignment of the new state for every character.
One problem remains. If the host has sent an incomplete line before sending an emergency command the emergency command could be omitted when the parser is in `state_IGNORE`.
In that case the host should send "\ncommand\n"
Also introduces M108 to break the waiting for the heaters in M109, M190 and M303.
Rename `cancel_heatup` to `wait_for_heatup` to better see the purpose.
2016-07-04 23:23:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-20 00:22:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
2015-05-16 11:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
|
|
|
|
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
|
|
|
|
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
2015-04-20 00:22:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-11 08:01:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
2015-05-16 11:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
2015-04-16 21:42:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-24 04:05:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
|
|
|
|
|
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
|
|
|
|
|
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-23 04:12:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-22 05:43:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extras
|
2012-06-02 20:32:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-19 22:14:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Extra Fan Speed
|
|
|
|
|
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
|
|
|
|
|
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
|
|
|
|
|
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
|
|
|
|
|
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-17 22:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
|
|
|
|
|
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
|
2017-07-24 19:13:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
|
2017-07-17 22:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2018-03-19 07:18:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
|
2017-07-17 22:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-09-28 23:52:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define FWRETRACT
|
2015-07-23 03:23:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
2019-09-04 19:48:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
|
2018-09-28 23:52:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
|
2019-09-04 19:48:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
|
2018-09-28 23:52:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-09-04 19:48:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
|
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
|
2019-09-04 19:48:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
|
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
|
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
|
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
|
|
|
|
|
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
|
2018-10-02 06:32:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2014-02-17 04:00:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
Added a feature to have filament change by gcode or display trigger.
[default off for now]
syntax: M600 X[pos] Y[pos] Z[relative lift] E[initial retract] L[later retract distance for removal]
if enabled, after a M600, the printer will retract by E, lift by Z, move to XY, retract even more filament.
Oh, and it will display "remove filament" and beep like crazy.
You are then supposed to insert a new filament (other color, e.g.) and click the display to continue.
After having the nozzle cleaned manually, aided by the disabled e-steppers.
After clicking, the printer will then go back the whole shebang, and continue printing with a fancy new color.
2013-01-27 13:21:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-07 04:52:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Universal tool change settings.
|
|
|
|
|
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-09-21 01:29:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
|
2018-11-07 04:52:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change
|
2020-01-21 09:51:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
|
2020-01-21 09:51:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-11-07 04:52:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
|
|
|
|
|
* ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-11-07 04:52:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Load / Unload
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode)
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc.
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Cool after prime to reduce stringing
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime)
|
|
|
|
|
// (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-28 07:21:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied)
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Tool Change Migration
|
|
|
|
|
* This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
|
|
|
|
|
* All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
|
|
|
|
|
* Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
|
|
|
|
|
* Useful to:
|
|
|
|
|
* - Change filament color without interruption
|
|
|
|
|
* - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
|
|
|
|
|
* - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-07 04:52:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Position to park head during tool change.
|
|
|
|
|
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
|
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min)
|
2020-04-23 04:03:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move
|
2018-11-07 04:52:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2020-09-21 01:29:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
|
2018-11-07 04:52:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-24 04:48:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-05-26 20:01:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Advanced Pause
|
|
|
|
|
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
2016-12-24 04:48:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
2017-05-26 20:01:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
2016-12-24 04:48:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Requires an LCD display.
|
2017-12-25 08:38:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
|
2016-12-24 04:48:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-05-26 20:01:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
2018-03-20 19:19:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
|
|
|
|
|
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
|
|
|
|
|
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
|
|
|
|
|
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
|
|
|
|
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
|
|
|
|
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
|
|
|
|
|
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
|
|
|
|
|
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
|
|
|
|
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
|
|
|
|
|
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
|
|
|
|
|
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
|
|
|
|
|
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
|
|
|
|
|
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
|
|
|
|
|
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
|
2019-02-06 13:39:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
|
2019-05-04 22:50:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
|
2018-03-20 19:19:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
|
2019-12-13 05:14:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
|
2018-03-20 19:19:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
|
2020-01-02 04:56:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
|
2018-03-20 19:19:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
|
|
|
|
|
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
|
2020-05-13 21:26:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
|
2018-03-20 19:19:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
|
Added a feature to have filament change by gcode or display trigger.
[default off for now]
syntax: M600 X[pos] Y[pos] Z[relative lift] E[initial retract] L[later retract distance for removal]
if enabled, after a M600, the printer will retract by E, lift by Z, move to XY, retract even more filament.
Oh, and it will display "remove filament" and beep like crazy.
You are then supposed to insert a new filament (other color, e.g.) and click the display to continue.
After having the nozzle cleaned manually, aided by the disabled e-steppers.
After clicking, the printer will then go back the whole shebang, and continue printing with a fancy new color.
2013-01-27 13:21:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2013-10-12 13:24:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-07 08:16:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section tmc
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
|
|
|
|
|
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-06-19 18:55:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2015-02-23 17:45:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-04-09 10:23:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-09-16 09:23:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-26 10:20:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif // TMC26X
|
2015-02-23 17:45:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-13 08:06:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// @section tmc_smart
|
2016-09-14 08:48:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-02-06 13:33:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
|
|
|
|
|
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
|
|
|
|
|
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
|
|
|
|
|
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
2018-02-09 01:49:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-02-06 13:33:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
|
|
|
|
|
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
|
|
|
|
|
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
|
|
|
|
|
* a resistor.
|
2018-03-13 08:06:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-02-06 13:33:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
|
2018-12-10 03:54:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
2018-03-13 08:06:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-03-02 19:03:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
2017-12-15 22:03:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X2_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-06-19 18:55:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E0_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E1_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E2_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E3_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E4_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
|
2019-11-11 01:45:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E5_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-09-16 09:23:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_CURRENT 800
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_MICROSTEPS 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_RSENSE 0.11
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-07 22:34:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-02-06 13:33:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
|
2018-12-07 22:34:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define E6_CS_PIN -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define E7_CS_PIN -1
|
2018-12-07 22:34:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-02 04:49:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-02-06 13:33:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
|
2018-02-09 01:49:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
|
|
|
|
|
* but you can override or define them here.
|
2018-02-02 04:49:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
|
2018-02-09 01:49:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
|
2018-02-02 04:49:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
|
|
|
|
|
* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
|
|
|
|
|
* Address | MS1 | MS2
|
|
|
|
|
* 0 | LOW | LOW
|
|
|
|
|
* 1 | HIGH | LOW
|
|
|
|
|
* 2 | LOW | HIGH
|
|
|
|
|
* 3 | HIGH | HIGH
|
2019-07-29 00:38:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
|
|
|
|
|
* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-17 20:17:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Software enable
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
|
|
|
|
|
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
|
|
|
|
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-12-07 22:34:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
|
|
|
|
|
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
|
|
|
|
|
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-12-10 03:54:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2018-12-18 19:42:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
|
|
|
|
|
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
|
|
|
|
|
* Provided parameter sets are
|
|
|
|
|
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
|
|
|
|
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
|
|
|
|
|
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
|
|
|
|
|
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
|
2020-07-17 04:40:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)
|
2020-08-26 09:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V)
|
2018-12-18 19:42:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Define you own with
|
|
|
|
|
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
|
2018-12-10 03:54:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-02-10 09:37:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
2018-12-10 03:54:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-04-20 15:08:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Monitor Trinamic drivers
|
|
|
|
|
* for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
|
|
|
|
|
* To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
|
2017-12-15 22:03:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
2020-07-10 08:27:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Relevant G-codes:
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
|
|
|
|
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
|
|
|
|
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
2019-02-19 23:20:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-15 22:03:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
2017-12-15 22:03:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
|
|
|
|
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
2018-12-07 22:34:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
2017-12-15 22:03:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
2018-06-19 18:55:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
2018-09-16 09:23:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-09-07 00:51:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.
|
2019-08-05 05:22:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
|
2018-09-09 21:59:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
2018-02-08 11:20:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-08-29 23:57:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
|
|
|
|
|
* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
|
|
|
|
|
* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
|
|
|
|
|
* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
|
2019-08-05 05:22:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-03-25 09:18:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
|
2019-08-05 05:22:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
|
|
|
|
|
* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
|
|
|
|
|
* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
|
|
|
|
|
* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
|
2020-09-07 00:51:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-17 05:43:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
|
2019-06-20 22:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
|
2018-09-09 21:59:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
2019-08-29 07:15:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
|
2018-09-09 21:59:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
2020-04-28 08:22:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
|
2020-05-05 07:59:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
|
|
|
|
|
//#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
|
2019-08-05 05:22:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
|
|
|
|
|
//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
|
2017-04-15 05:43:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-20 15:08:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* TMC Homing stepper phase.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
|
|
|
|
|
* phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
|
|
|
|
|
* spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
|
|
|
|
|
* Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
|
2020-04-20 16:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-04-20 15:08:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-09 12:08:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Beta feature!
|
|
|
|
|
* Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
|
2019-06-09 12:08:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-15 22:03:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
|
|
|
|
|
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define TMC_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
|
|
|
|
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
2019-03-29 19:32:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Example:
|
2017-12-15 22:03:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
|
2019-11-15 09:14:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
|
|
|
|
|
* stepperY.intpol(0); \
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* }
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-05-06 09:40:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define TMC_ADV() { }
|
2017-03-07 06:00:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-02 19:03:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// @section L64XX
|
2017-04-14 04:06:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* L64XX Stepper Driver options
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
|
2018-07-14 13:13:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
|
2019-01-24 02:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
|
|
|
|
|
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
|
|
|
|
|
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
|
|
|
|
|
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
|
|
|
|
|
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
|
2016-11-07 20:42:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if HAS_L64XX
|
2019-01-24 02:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
|
|
|
|
|
// L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
|
|
|
|
|
// POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
|
|
|
|
|
// L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
|
|
|
|
|
// POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
|
|
|
|
|
// L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
|
|
|
|
|
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
2020-01-14 22:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
|
2019-01-24 08:22:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-01-24 02:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define E6_SLEW_RATE 1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7)
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_MICROSTEPS 128
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
|
|
|
|
|
#define E7_SLEW_RATE 1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-24 02:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-01-24 07:57:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
|
|
|
|
|
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
|
|
|
|
|
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
2020-07-10 08:27:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Relevant G-codes:
|
2019-01-24 07:57:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
|
|
|
|
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
|
|
|
|
|
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
|
|
|
|
|
* I3 - Z3 or E3
|
2020-01-20 06:35:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* I4 - Z4 or E4
|
2019-01-24 07:57:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* I5 - E5
|
|
|
|
|
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
|
|
|
|
|
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
|
|
|
|
|
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
|
|
|
|
|
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-24 02:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
|
|
|
|
|
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-14 01:47:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif // HAS_L64XX
|
2015-02-27 12:43:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-21 03:09:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// @section i2cbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
|
|
|
|
|
// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-27 00:25:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
|
|
|
|
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
|
|
|
|
* devices on the bus.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* ; Example #1
|
2016-06-22 02:58:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
2016-11-08 23:28:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 B77 ; M
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 B97 ; a
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 B114 ; r
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 B108 ; l
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 B105 ; i
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 B110 ; n
|
|
|
|
|
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
2016-03-27 00:25:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* ; Example #2
|
2016-06-22 02:58:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
2016-11-08 23:28:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* M261 A99 B5
|
2016-03-27 00:25:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* ; Example #3
|
2016-11-08 23:28:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
2016-06-22 02:58:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
2016-03-27 00:25:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
2020-01-21 03:09:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-03-27 00:25:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-07 20:52:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// @section extras
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-05 08:08:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-02-14 22:09:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Photo G-code
|
|
|
|
|
* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
|
|
|
|
|
* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
|
2018-11-05 08:08:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-02-14 22:09:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
|
|
|
|
|
// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
|
2019-02-14 23:41:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
|
2019-02-14 22:09:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
|
2020-07-23 05:20:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
2019-02-14 22:09:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Canon Hack Development Kit
|
2020-07-23 05:20:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
2019-02-14 22:09:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CHDK_PIN 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
|
2019-02-14 23:41:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
|
2019-02-14 22:09:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
|
2019-02-14 23:41:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
|
2020-01-16 00:59:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
|
|
|
|
|
* Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
|
|
|
|
|
* Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
|
|
|
|
|
* (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
|
|
|
|
|
* IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
|
|
|
|
|
#define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-11-05 08:08:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-07 20:52:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Spindle & Laser control
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
|
|
|
|
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
|
|
|
|
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
|
|
|
|
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
|
|
|
|
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-04-13 00:21:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
2017-04-07 20:52:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_FEATURE
|
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
|
2020-08-22 06:13:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
|
2020-04-23 01:45:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* - PWM255 (S0 - S255)
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
|
|
|
|
|
* - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Relative Cutter Power
|
|
|
|
|
* Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets
|
|
|
|
|
* OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.
|
|
|
|
|
* so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX
|
|
|
|
|
* instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).
|
|
|
|
|
* Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]
|
2017-04-07 20:52:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
|
2017-04-07 20:52:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* M3/M4 Power Equation
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.
|
|
|
|
|
* These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
|
|
|
|
|
* PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM)
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines.
|
|
|
|
|
* Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I)
|
|
|
|
|
* or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER).
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes
|
|
|
|
|
* the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define LASER_POWER_INLINE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE)
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
|
|
|
|
|
* - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
|
|
|
|
|
* - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate).
|
|
|
|
|
* Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION).
|
|
|
|
|
* This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your
|
|
|
|
|
* board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this.
|
|
|
|
|
* Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board
|
|
|
|
|
* can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT.
|
|
|
|
|
* Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_MOVE_POWER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER)
|
|
|
|
|
// Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
// If a power parameter is provided, use that instead.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF
|
2020-06-08 07:47:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Turn off the laser on G28 homing.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF
|
2020-04-03 02:31:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Inline flag inverted
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move
|
|
|
|
|
* is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I').
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I')
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this
|
|
|
|
|
* feature if you understand the implications.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
|
|
|
|
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2019-06-28 06:06:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-04-07 20:52:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-06-14 01:43:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Coolant Control
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
|
|
|
|
|
#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
|
|
|
|
|
#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
|
|
|
|
|
#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
|
|
|
|
#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-14 03:50:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Filament Width Sensor
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
|
|
|
|
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
|
|
|
|
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
* volume.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
|
|
|
|
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
|
|
|
|
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
|
|
|
|
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
|
|
|
|
|
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-20 04:26:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
|
2017-11-14 03:50:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-18 22:23:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Power Monitor
|
|
|
|
|
* Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Read and configure with M430
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin
|
|
|
|
|
* The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current
|
|
|
|
|
//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage
|
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)
|
|
|
|
|
#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
|
2020-07-10 08:27:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET -1 // Offset value for current sensors with linear function output
|
2020-06-18 22:23:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.11786 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
|
|
|
|
|
#define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-04 21:25:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* CNC Coordinate Systems
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
|
|
|
|
|
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-09 01:03:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-06-07 08:52:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
2016-11-09 01:03:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-09 01:05:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-06-07 08:36:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
2020-05-06 06:34:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-11-09 01:05:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-14 06:38:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Expected Printer Check
|
|
|
|
|
* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
|
|
|
|
|
* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-02 04:10:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-12-20 02:44:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
|
2017-03-18 09:17:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-12-20 02:44:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
|
|
|
|
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
|
|
|
|
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-06-08 10:24:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).
|
|
|
|
|
* M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.
|
2017-12-20 02:44:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
2020-06-08 10:24:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).
|
|
|
|
|
* This factory setting applies to all extruders.
|
|
|
|
|
* Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset.
|
|
|
|
|
* A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-12-20 02:44:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-01-02 04:10:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-05 01:01:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
|
|
|
|
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
|
|
|
|
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-06 03:15:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
|
|
|
|
|
//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
|
|
|
|
|
//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
|
|
|
|
|
//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-15 02:30:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-09 00:23:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-05-30 08:17:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
|
|
|
|
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
2017-05-09 00:23:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2017-05-30 08:17:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
|
|
|
|
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
2017-05-09 00:23:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-20 10:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 21:52:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-26 16:23:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-06 06:34:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-06 01:19:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* CNC G-code options
|
|
|
|
|
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
|
2018-10-16 08:49:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
|
|
|
|
|
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
|
2018-10-06 01:19:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
|
|
|
|
|
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
|
2018-10-25 17:35:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)
|
2018-10-25 17:35:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
|
|
|
|
|
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
|
2018-10-16 09:02:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-10-06 01:19:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-15 04:05:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Startup commands
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-09 12:25:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* G-code Macros
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
|
|
|
|
|
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define GCODE_MACROS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
|
|
|
|
|
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
|
|
|
|
|
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-28 01:49:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
2018-09-19 22:04:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
|
2017-05-28 01:49:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
2017-08-02 21:21:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
|
2017-09-27 07:49:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
|
2017-05-28 01:49:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
|
|
|
|
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-23 22:38:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
|
2017-05-28 01:49:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-23 22:38:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
|
2017-05-28 01:49:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
|
|
|
|
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-09 04:38:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
|
|
|
|
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
2017-05-28 01:49:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-02 10:44:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-02-12 22:55:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Host Action Commands
|
2019-02-04 06:00:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-02-12 22:55:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
|
2019-02-04 06:00:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-02-12 22:55:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
|
|
|
|
|
* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
|
|
|
|
|
* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
|
2019-02-04 06:00:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-02-12 22:55:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
|
|
|
|
|
* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
|
2017-12-25 08:36:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-02-12 22:55:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
|
2020-09-19 17:17:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start
|
2019-02-12 22:55:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-12-25 08:36:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-24 22:35:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Cancel Objects
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2019-01-31 05:16:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
|
|
|
|
|
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-07-23 05:20:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
|
2019-01-31 05:16:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-07-23 05:20:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
|
|
|
|
|
* Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-01-31 05:16:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
|
|
|
|
|
// encoders supported currently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
|
|
|
|
|
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
|
|
|
|
|
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
|
|
|
|
|
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
|
|
|
|
|
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
|
|
|
|
|
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
|
2018-02-08 10:57:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
|
|
|
|
|
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
|
|
|
|
|
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
|
|
|
|
|
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
|
|
|
|
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
|
2018-02-08 10:57:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
|
|
|
|
|
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
|
2019-05-15 08:49:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// disable abort behavior.
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
|
|
|
|
|
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
|
|
|
|
|
// is trusted again.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
|
|
|
|
|
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
|
|
|
|
|
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-02-08 11:20:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
|
|
|
|
|
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-09 20:56:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
2017-06-09 14:06:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-08 07:55:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Analog Joystick(s)
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define JOYSTICK
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
|
|
|
|
|
#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
|
|
|
|
|
#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
|
|
|
|
|
#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
|
|
|
|
|
#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-05 09:01:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
|
|
|
|
|
//#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
|
|
|
|
|
//#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
|
2019-09-08 07:55:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
|
|
|
|
|
#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
|
|
|
|
|
#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
|
2020-09-17 13:01:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG
|
2019-09-08 07:55:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-31 18:44:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2018-06-19 05:04:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
|
|
|
|
|
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
|
2017-08-31 18:44:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
2018-06-19 05:04:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-19 20:56:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
|
2020-03-02 04:08:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
|
2018-07-19 20:56:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
|
|
|
|
|
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
|
2018-09-20 01:54:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
|
2019-07-22 12:22:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
|
2017-08-31 18:44:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Sample debug features
|
|
|
|
|
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
|
2018-06-19 05:04:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
2017-08-31 18:44:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-19 05:04:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
|
2017-08-31 18:44:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
|
|
|
|
|
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-24 07:28:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2017-12-15 20:34:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* NanoDLP Sync support
|
2017-11-24 07:28:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2017-11-27 03:18:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
|
2017-11-24 07:28:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
|
|
|
|
|
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-12-15 20:34:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
|
2019-05-15 08:49:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
|
2017-12-15 20:34:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-11-27 03:18:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-08 18:38:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-01-11 00:15:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
|
|
|
|
|
//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
|
|
|
|
|
//#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
|
2020-02-04 06:29:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
|
|
|
|
|
* the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
|
|
|
|
|
* .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
|
|
|
|
|
* #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
|
2017-10-08 18:38:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-01 02:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2020-08-26 09:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Průša Multi-Material Unit v2
|
2019-02-01 02:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Enable in Configuration.h
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
|
2020-09-25 03:28:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., mmuSerial)
|
2019-02-01 02:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
|
2020-09-25 03:28:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_SERIAL mmuSerial
|
2019-02-01 02:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MMU2_MENUS
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
|
|
|
|
|
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
|
2020-08-26 09:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
|
2019-02-01 02:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
|
2020-05-17 21:52:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
{ 7.2, 1145 }, \
|
2019-02-01 02:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 50.0, 198 }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ -50.0, 2000 }
|
2020-04-26 04:07:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-17 21:52:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* MMU Extruder Sensor
|
2020-07-09 09:01:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-08-26 09:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder
|
2020-07-09 09:01:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament
|
|
|
|
|
* sensor less than 38mm from the gears.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last
|
|
|
|
|
* move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.
|
|
|
|
|
* If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.
|
2020-05-17 21:52:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
|
2020-05-18 07:50:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
|
2020-09-25 23:47:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
|
2020-05-17 21:52:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Using a sensor like the MMU2S
|
2020-07-09 09:01:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.
|
2020-05-17 21:52:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
* See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-04-26 04:07:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PRUSA_MMU2_S_MODE
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2_S_MODE)
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-08-22 09:04:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min)
|
2020-04-26 04:07:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
|
|
|
|
|
{ -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
|
|
|
|
|
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
|
|
|
|
|
{ -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
|
2019-02-01 02:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-12 22:58:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
|
* Advanced Print Counter settings
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
|
|
|
|
|
#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
|
|
|
|
|
// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
|
|
|
|
|
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-09 02:33:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
// @section develop
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-25 06:15:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
2019-01-09 02:33:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-03 05:27:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
|
|
|
|
|
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
|